Now it pleased Darius to appoint 120 satraps to rule throughout the kingdom,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שְׁפַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁפַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·p̄ar
                
                
                     Now it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8232 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be fair, be seemly, seem good, seem pleasing <BR> 1a) (P'al) to seem good, be acceptable 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·p̄ar
         Now it 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     pleased 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         pleased 
    
 
        
            דָּרְיָ֔וֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּרְיָ֔וֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·rə·yā·weš
                
                
                     Darius 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1868 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Darius = |lord|<BR> 1) Darius the Mede, the son of Ahasuerus, king of the Chaldeans, who succeeded to the Babylonian kingdom on the death of Belshazzar; probably the same as |Astyages| the last king of the Medes (538 BC) (same as H01867 (1)) <BR> 2) Darius, the son of Hystaspes, the founder of the Perso-Arian dynasty (521 BC) (same as H01867 (2)) <BR> 3) Darius II or Darius III <BR> 3a) Darius II, Nothus (Ochus) was king of Persia during the time of Nehemiah (424/3-405/4 BC). Darius II is the most probable because he is mentioned by Nehemiah and ruled during the time of Nehemiah <BR> 3b) Darius III, Codomannus was king of Persia during its last years at the time of Alexander the Great and was his opponent (336-330 BC) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·rə·yā·weš
         Darius 
    
 
        
            וַהֲקִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַהֲקִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·hă·qîm
                
                
                     to appoint 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·hă·qîm
         to appoint 
    
 
        
            מְאָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’āh
                
                
                    120
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hundred, one hundred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’āh
        120
    
 
        
            וְעֶשְׂרִ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעֶשְׂרִ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘eś·rîn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6243 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) twenty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘eś·rîn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
                
                
                     satraps 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) satrap, a governor of a Persian province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
         satraps 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         - 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯā
         - 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֺ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֺ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wōn
                
                
                     to rule 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wōn
         to rule 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     throughout 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         throughout 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     the kingdom , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯā
         the kingdom , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and over them three administrators, including Daniel, to whom these satraps were accountable so that the king would not suffer loss.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעֵ֤לָּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעֵ֤לָּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘êl·lā
                
                
                     and over them 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5924 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘êl·lā
         and over them 
    
 
        
            מִנְּהוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנְּהוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nə·hō·wn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nə·hō·wn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            תְּלָתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּלָתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·lā·ṯā
                
                
                     three 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three <BR> 1a) three (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) third (ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·lā·ṯā
         three 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            סָרְכִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָרְכִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·rə·ḵîn
                
                
                     administrators , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5632 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, overseer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·rə·ḵîn
         administrators , 
    
 
        
            דָנִיֵּ֖אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָנִיֵּ֖אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     including Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·nî·yêl
         including Daniel , 
    
 
        
            חַֽד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַֽד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaḏ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2298 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one <BR> 1b) a (indefinite article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaḏ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִנְּה֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנְּה֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nə·hō·wn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nə·hō·wn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֺ֞ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֺ֞ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wōn
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wōn
         
    
 
        
            לְהוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·wn
                
                
                     to whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·wn
         to whom 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּ֗ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּ֗ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lên
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lên
         these 
    
 
        
            אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
                
                
                     satraps 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) satrap, a governor of a Persian province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
         satraps 
    
 
        
            יָהֲבִ֤ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָהֲבִ֤ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·hă·ḇîn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·hă·ḇîn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            טַעְמָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַעְמָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭa‘·mā
                
                
                     were accountable 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) taste, judgment, command <BR> 1a) taste <BR> 1b) judgment, discretion <BR> 1c) report <BR> 1d) command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭa‘·mā
         were accountable 
    
 
        
            וּמַלְכָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·kā
                
                
                     so that the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·kā
         so that the king 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     would 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wê
         would 
    
 
        
            לָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         not 
    
 
        
            נָזִֽק׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָזִֽק׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ziq
                
                
                     suffer loss . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5142 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to suffer injury <BR> 1a) (P'al) to suffer injury <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to injure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ziq
         suffer loss . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Soon, by his extraordinary spirit, Daniel distinguished himself among the administrators and satraps. So the king planned to set him over the whole kingdom.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱדַ֙יִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֙יִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Soon , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         Soon , 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     by 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         by 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יַתִּירָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַתִּירָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yat·tî·rā
                
                
                     his extraordinary 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) pre-eminent, surpassing, extreme, extraordinary <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly, extremely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yat·tî·rā
         his extraordinary 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêh
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêh
         
    
 
        
            ר֤וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ר֤וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·aḥ
                
                
                     spirit , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spirit, wind <BR> 1a) wind <BR> 1b) spirit <BR> 1b1) of man <BR> 1b2) seat of the mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·aḥ
         spirit , 
    
 
        
            דָּנִיֵּ֣אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּנִיֵּ֣אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִתְנַצַּ֔ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתְנַצַּ֔ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṯ·naṣ·ṣaḥ
                
                
                     distinguished himself 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5330 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Ithpael) to excel, distinguish oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṯ·naṣ·ṣaḥ
         distinguished himself 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     among 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         among 
    
 
        
            סָרְכַיָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָרְכַיָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·rə·ḵay·yā
                
                
                     the administrators 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5632 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, overseer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·rə·ḵay·yā
         the administrators 
    
 
        
            וַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
                
                
                     and satraps 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) satrap, a governor of a Persian province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
         and satraps 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         . 
    
 
        
            וּמַלְכָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·kā
                
                
                     So the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·kā
         So the king 
    
 
        
            עֲשִׁ֔ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲשִׁ֔ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·šîṯ
                
                
                     planned 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6246 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to think, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·šîṯ
         planned 
    
 
        
            לַהֲקָמוּתֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַהֲקָמוּתֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·hă·qā·mū·ṯêh
                
                
                     to set him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·hă·qā·mū·ṯêh
         to set him 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         the whole 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     kingdom . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯā
         kingdom . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Thus the administrators and satraps sought a charge against Daniel concerning the kingdom, but they could find no charge or corruption, because he was trustworthy, and no negligence or corruption was found in him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱדַ֨יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֨יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Thus 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         Thus 
    
 
        
            סָֽרְכַיָּ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָֽרְכַיָּ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·rə·ḵay·yā
                
                
                     the administrators 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5632 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, overseer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·rə·ḵay·yā
         the administrators 
    
 
        
            וַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
                
                
                     and satraps 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) satrap, a governor of a Persian province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
         and satraps 
    
 
        
            הֲו֨וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲו֨וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wōw
                
                
                     sought 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wōw
         sought 
    
 
        
            בָעַ֧יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָעַ֧יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·‘a·yin
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, seek, request, desire, pray, make petition <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask, request <BR> 1a2) to seek (for favour) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·‘a·yin
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְהַשְׁכָּחָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַשְׁכָּחָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haš·kā·ḥāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haš·kā·ḥāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עִלָּ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלָּ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘il·lāh
                
                
                     a charge 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) matter, affair, occasion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘il·lāh
         a charge 
    
 
        
            לְדָנִיֵּ֖אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָנִיֵּ֖אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     against Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         against Daniel 
    
 
        
            מִצַּ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצַּ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ṣaḏ
                
                
                     concerning 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) side <BR> 2) (CLBL) beside 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ṣaḏ
         concerning 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     the kingdom , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯā
         the kingdom , 
    
 
        
            יָכְלִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָכְלִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḵə·lîn
                
                
                     but they could 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3202 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to be able <BR> 1a2) to prevail 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḵə·lîn
         but they could 
    
 
        
            לְהַשְׁכָּחָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַשְׁכָּחָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haš·kā·ḥāh
                
                
                     find 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haš·kā·ḥāh
         find 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         no 
    
 
        
            לָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עִלָּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלָּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘il·lāh
                
                
                     charge 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) matter, affair, occasion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘il·lāh
         charge 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁחִיתָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁחִיתָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·ḥî·ṯāh
                
                
                     or corruption , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7844 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to corrupt <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) corrupt (participle) <BR> 1a2) fault (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·ḥî·ṯāh
         or corruption , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         
    
 
        
            קֳבֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         because 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            ה֔וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֔וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     he 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         he 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מְהֵימַ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְהֵימַ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·hê·man
                
                
                     was trustworthy , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to confirm, support <BR> 1a) (Aphel) <BR> 1a1) to believe in <BR> 1a2) to trust <BR> 1a3) trustworthy (pass participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·hê·man
         was trustworthy , 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     and no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         and no 
    
 
        
            שָׁלוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lū
                
                
                     negligence 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7960 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) neglect, remissness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lū
         negligence 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁחִיתָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁחִיתָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·ḥî·ṯāh
                
                
                     or corruption 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7844 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to corrupt <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) corrupt (participle) <BR> 1a2) fault (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·ḥî·ṯāh
         or corruption 
    
 
        
            הִשְׁתְּכַ֖חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִשְׁתְּכַ֖חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiš·tə·ḵa·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     was found 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiš·tə·ḵa·ḥaṯ
         was found 
    
 
        
            עֲלֽוֹהִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֽוֹהִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     in him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lō·w·hî
         in him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Finally these men said, “We will never find any charge against this Daniel unless we find something against him concerning the law of his God.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱ֠דַיִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱ֠דַיִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Finally 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         Finally 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lêḵ
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lêḵ
         these 
    
 
        
            גֻּבְרַיָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבְרַיָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    guḇ·ray·yā
                
                
                     men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        guḇ·ray·yā
         men 
    
 
        
            אָֽמְרִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽמְרִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     said , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mə·rîn
         said , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לָ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     “ We will never 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         “ We will never 
    
 
        
            נְהַשְׁכַּ֛ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְהַשְׁכַּ֛ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·haš·kaḥ
                
                
                     find 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·haš·kaḥ
         find 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     any 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         any 
    
 
        
            עִלָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘il·lā
                
                
                     charge 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) matter, affair, occasion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘il·lā
         charge 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     against this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         against this 
    
 
        
            לְדָנִיֵּ֥אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָנִיֵּ֥אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel , 
    
 
        
            לָהֵ֕ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֵ֕ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hên
                
                
                     unless 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) therefore <BR> 2) except, but <BR> 2a) except (with negative) <BR> 2b) however, but 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hên
         unless 
    
 
        
            הַשְׁכַּ֥חְנָֽה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשְׁכַּ֥חְנָֽה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·kaḥ·nāh
                
                
                     we find [something] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·kaḥ·nāh
         we find [something] 
    
 
        
            עֲל֖וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲל֖וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     against him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lō·w·hî
         against him 
    
 
        
            בְּדָ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּדָ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḏāṯ
                
                
                     concerning the law 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḏāṯ
         concerning the law 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהֵֽהּ׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהֵֽהּ׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hêh
                
                
                     of his God . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hêh
         of his God . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So the administrators and satraps went together to the king and said, “O King Darius, may you live forever!
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱ֠דַיִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱ֠דַיִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         So 
    
 
        
            סָרְכַיָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָרְכַיָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·rə·ḵay·yā
                
                
                     the administrators 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5632 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, overseer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·rə·ḵay·yā
         the administrators 
    
 
        
            וַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
                
                
                     and satraps 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) satrap, a governor of a Persian province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
         and satraps 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַרְגִּ֖שׁוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַרְגִּ֖שׁוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    har·gi·šū
                
                
                     went together 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7284 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be in tumult <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to gather in a tumultuous throng, show tumultuousness, come thronging 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        har·gi·šū
         went together 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            וְכֵן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֵן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3652 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, so, as follows 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אָמְרִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמְרִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     and said 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mə·rîn
         and said 
    
 
        
            לֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     “ O King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         “ O King 
    
 
        
            דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·rə·yā·weš
                
                
                     Darius , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1868 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Darius = |lord|<BR> 1) Darius the Mede, the son of Ahasuerus, king of the Chaldeans, who succeeded to the Babylonian kingdom on the death of Belshazzar; probably the same as |Astyages| the last king of the Medes (538 BC) (same as H01867 (1)) <BR> 2) Darius, the son of Hystaspes, the founder of the Perso-Arian dynasty (521 BC) (same as H01867 (2)) <BR> 3) Darius II or Darius III <BR> 3a) Darius II, Nothus (Ochus) was king of Persia during the time of Nehemiah (424/3-405/4 BC). Darius II is the most probable because he is mentioned by Nehemiah and ruled during the time of Nehemiah <BR> 3b) Darius III, Codomannus was king of Persia during its last years at the time of Alexander the Great and was his opponent (336-330 BC) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·rə·yā·weš
         Darius , 
    
 
        
            חֱיִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֱיִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥĕ·yî
                
                
                     may you live 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2418 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live <BR> 1a) (P'al) to live <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let live, keep alive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥĕ·yî
         may you live 
    
 
        
            לְעָלְמִ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעָלְמִ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
                
                
                     forever ! 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
         forever ! 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            All the royal administrators, prefects, satraps, advisers, and governors have agreed that the king should establish an ordinance and enforce a decree that for thirty days anyone who petitions any god or man except you, O king, will be thrown into the den of lions.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            תְּלָתִ֗ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּלָתִ֗ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·lā·ṯîn
                
                
                     thirty 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8533 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thirty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·lā·ṯîn
         thirty 
    
 
        
            יוֹמִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹמִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·mîn
                
                
                     days 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day <BR> 2) day always refers to a twenty-four hour period when the word is modified by a definite or cardinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·mîn
         days 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     anyone 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         anyone 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         who 
    
 
        
            יִבְעֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִבְעֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiḇ·‘êh
                
                
                     petitions 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, seek, request, desire, pray, make petition <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask, request <BR> 1a2) to seek (for favour) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiḇ·‘êh
         petitions 
    
 
        
            בָ֠עוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָ֠עוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·‘ū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) petition, request <BR> 2) prayer (always in Jewish liturgy) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·‘ū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     any 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         any 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֨הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֨הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     god 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         god 
    
 
        
            וֶֽאֱנָ֜שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וֶֽאֱנָ֜שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    we·’ĕ·nāš
                
                
                     or man 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        we·’ĕ·nāš
         or man 
    
 
        
            לָהֵן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֵן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hên
                
                
                     except you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) therefore <BR> 2) except, but <BR> 2a) except (with negative) <BR> 2b) however, but 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hên
         except you , 
    
 
        
            מִנָּ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנָּ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nāḵ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nāḵ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            יִתְרְמֵ֕א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְרְמֵ֕א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṯ·rə·mê
                
                
                     will be thrown 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cast, throw <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to cast <BR> 1a2) to throw <BR> 1a2a) of tribute (fig) <BR> 1b) (Peil) <BR> 1b1) to be cast<BR> 1b2) to be placed, be set <BR> 1c) (Ithp'el) to be cast 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṯ·rə·mê
         will be thrown 
    
 
        
            לְגֹ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְגֹ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡōḇ
                
                
                     into the den 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1358 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pit, den (of lions) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡōḇ
         into the den 
    
 
        
            אַרְיָוָתָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְיָוָתָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     of lions . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
         of lions . 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֣ל׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֣ל׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōl
                
                
                     All 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōl
         All 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     the royal 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯā
         the royal 
    
 
        
            סָרְכֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָרְכֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·rə·ḵê
                
                
                     administrators , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5632 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, overseer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·rə·ḵê
         administrators , 
    
 
        
            סִגְנַיָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִגְנַיָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    siḡ·nay·yā
                
                
                     prefects , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prefect, governor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        siḡ·nay·yā
         prefects , 
    
 
        
            וַֽאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
                
                
                     satraps , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) satrap, a governor of a Persian province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·ḥaš·dar·pə·nay·yā
         satraps , 
    
 
        
            הַדָּֽבְרַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּֽבְרַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·ḇə·ray·yā
                
                
                     advisers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1907 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) counsellor, minister 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·ḇə·ray·yā
         advisers , 
    
 
        
            וּפַחֲוָתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפַחֲוָתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄a·ḥă·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     and governors 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6347 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) governor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄a·ḥă·wā·ṯā
         and governors 
    
 
        
            אִתְיָעַ֜טוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתְיָעַ֜טוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’iṯ·yā·‘a·ṭū
                
                
                     have agreed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Ithpael) to advise, counsel, take counsel <BR> 2) (P'al) counsellor (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’iṯ·yā·‘a·ṭū
         have agreed 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     that the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         that the king 
    
 
        
            לְקַיָּמָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְקַיָּמָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·qay·yā·māh
                
                
                     should establish 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·qay·yā·māh
         should establish 
    
 
        
            קְיָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְיָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·yām
                
                
                     an ordinance 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7010 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, statute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·yām
         an ordinance 
    
 
        
            וּלְתַקָּפָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְתַקָּפָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ṯaq·qā·p̄āh
                
                
                     and enforce 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8631 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to grow strong, be hardened <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to grow strong, be hardened <BR> 1a2) to grow arrogant (fig) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to make strong, make firm, make stringent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ṯaq·qā·p̄āh
         and enforce 
    
 
        
            אֱסָ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱסָ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·sār
                
                
                     a decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        633 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interdict, decree, decree of restriction 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·sār
         a decree 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         for 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Therefore, O king, establish the decree and sign the document so that it cannot be changed—in accordance with the law of the Medes and Persians, which cannot be repealed.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כְּעַ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּעַ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·‘an
                
                
                     Therefore , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now, at this time, until now 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·‘an
         Therefore , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            תְּקִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּקִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·qîm
                
                
                     establish 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·qîm
         establish 
    
 
        
            אֱסָרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱסָרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·sā·rā
                
                
                     the decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        633 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interdict, decree, decree of restriction 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·sā·rā
         the decree 
    
 
        
            וְתִרְשֻׁ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתִרְשֻׁ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯir·šum
                
                
                     and sign 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1a) (P'al) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1b) (P'al) <BR> 1b1) to be inscribed, be written <BR> 1b2) to be signed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯir·šum
         and sign 
    
 
        
            כְּתָבָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּתָבָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ṯā·ḇā
                
                
                     the document 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3792 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a writing <BR> 1a) writing, inscription <BR> 1b) written decree, written requirement 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ṯā·ḇā
         the document 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     so that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         so that 
    
 
        
            לָ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     it cannot 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         it cannot 
    
 
        
            לְהַשְׁנָיָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַשְׁנָיָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haš·nā·yāh
                
                
                     be changed — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haš·nā·yāh
         be changed — 
    
 
        
            כְּדָת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּדָת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḏāṯ-
                
                
                     in accordance with the law 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḏāṯ-
         in accordance with the law 
    
 
        
            מָדַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָדַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·ḏay
                
                
                     of the Medes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4076 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Medes = |middle land| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) an inhabitant of Media <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) the territory inhabited by the Medes <BR> 2a) located northwest of Persia proper, south and southwest of the Caspian Sea, east of Armenia and Assyria, and west and northwest of the great salt desert of Iram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·ḏay
         of the Medes 
    
 
        
            וּפָרַ֖ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפָרַ֖ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ā·ras
                
                
                     and Persians , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Persia = |pure| or |splendid|<BR> 1) the empire Persia; encompassed the territory from India on the east to Egypt and Thrace on the west, and included, besides portions of Europe and Africa, the whole of western Asia between the Black Sea, the Caucasus, the Caspian and the Jaxartes on the north, the Arabian desert, the Persian Gulf and the Indian Ocean on the south <BR> 1a) Persia proper was bounded on the west by Susiana or Elam, on the north by Media, on the south by the Persian Gulf and on the east by Carmania <BR> Persian = see Persia |pure| or |splendid| <BR> 2) the people of the Persian empire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ā·ras
         and Persians , 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         which 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     cannot 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         cannot 
    
 
        
            תֶעְדֵּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֶעְדֵּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯe‘·dê
                
                
                     be repealed . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass on, pass away <BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pass on, pass over <BR> 1a2) to pass away <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take away, remove, depose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯe‘·dê
         be repealed . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Therefore King Darius signed the written decree.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     Therefore 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         Therefore 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            דָּֽרְיָ֔וֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּֽרְיָ֔וֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·rə·yā·weš
                
                
                     Darius 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1868 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Darius = |lord|<BR> 1) Darius the Mede, the son of Ahasuerus, king of the Chaldeans, who succeeded to the Babylonian kingdom on the death of Belshazzar; probably the same as |Astyages| the last king of the Medes (538 BC) (same as H01867 (1)) <BR> 2) Darius, the son of Hystaspes, the founder of the Perso-Arian dynasty (521 BC) (same as H01867 (2)) <BR> 3) Darius II or Darius III <BR> 3a) Darius II, Nothus (Ochus) was king of Persia during the time of Nehemiah (424/3-405/4 BC). Darius II is the most probable because he is mentioned by Nehemiah and ruled during the time of Nehemiah <BR> 3b) Darius III, Codomannus was king of Persia during its last years at the time of Alexander the Great and was his opponent (336-330 BC) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·rə·yā·weš
         Darius 
    
 
        
            רְשַׁ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְשַׁ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·šam
                
                
                     signed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1a) (P'al) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1b) (P'al) <BR> 1b1) to be inscribed, be written <BR> 1b2) to be signed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·šam
         signed 
    
 
        
            כְּתָבָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּתָבָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ṯā·ḇā
                
                
                     the written 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3792 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a writing <BR> 1a) writing, inscription <BR> 1b) written decree, written requirement 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ṯā·ḇā
         the written 
    
 
        
            וֶאֱסָרָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וֶאֱסָרָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    we·’ĕ·sā·rā
                
                
                     decree . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        633 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interdict, decree, decree of restriction 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        we·’ĕ·sā·rā
         decree . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Now when Daniel learned that the document had been signed, he went into his house, where the windows of his upper room opened toward Jerusalem, and three times a day he got down on his knees, prayed, and gave thanks to his God, just as he had done before.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כְּדִ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּדִ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḏî
                
                
                     Now when 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḏî
         Now when 
    
 
        
            וְ֠דָנִיֵּאל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠דָנִיֵּאל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            יְדַ֜ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדַ֜ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏa‘
                
                
                     learned 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏa‘
         learned 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         that 
    
 
        
            כְּתָבָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּתָבָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ṯā·ḇā
                
                
                     the document 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3792 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a writing <BR> 1a) writing, inscription <BR> 1b) written decree, written requirement 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ṯā·ḇā
         the document 
    
 
        
            רְשִׁ֤ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְשִׁ֤ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·šîm
                
                
                     had been signed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1a) (P'al) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1b) (P'al) <BR> 1b1) to be inscribed, be written <BR> 1b2) to be signed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·šîm
         had been signed , 
    
 
        
            עַ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     he went 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         he went 
    
 
        
            לְבַיְתֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבַיְתֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇay·ṯêh
                
                
                     into his house , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇay·ṯêh
         into his house , 
    
 
        
            וְכַוִּ֨ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכַוִּ֨ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵaw·wîn
                
                
                     where the windows 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3551 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) window 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵaw·wîn
         where the windows 
    
 
        
            לֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     of his 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         of his 
    
 
        
            בְּעִלִּיתֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעִלִּיתֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘il·lî·ṯêh
                
                
                     upper room 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5952 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) roof-room, roof chamber 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘il·lî·ṯêh
         upper room 
    
 
        
            פְּתִיחָ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּתִיחָ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·ṯî·ḥān
                
                
                     opened 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to open <BR> 1a) (P'il) to open 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·ṯî·ḥān
         opened 
    
 
        
            נֶ֖גֶד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֶ֖גֶד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ne·ḡeḏ
                
                
                     toward 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5049 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) in front of, facing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ne·ḡeḏ
         toward 
    
 
        
            יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rū·šə·lem
                
                
                     Jerusalem , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace|<BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rū·šə·lem
         Jerusalem , 
    
 
        
            תְּלָתָ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּלָתָ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·lā·ṯāh
                
                
                     and three 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three <BR> 1a) three (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) third (ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·lā·ṯāh
         and three 
    
 
        
            וְזִמְנִין֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזִמְנִין֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zim·nîn
                
                
                     times 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2166 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a set time, time, season 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zim·nîn
         times 
    
 
        
            בְיוֹמָ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְיוֹמָ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·yō·w·mā
                
                
                     a day 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day <BR> 2) day always refers to a twenty-four hour period when the word is modified by a definite or cardinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·yō·w·mā
         a day 
    
 
        
            ה֣וּא׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֣וּא׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     he 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         he 
    
 
        
            בָּרֵ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרֵ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·rêḵ
                
                
                     got down 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1289 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bless, kneel <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) kneeling (participle) <BR> 1a2) to be blessed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to bless, praise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·rêḵ
         got down 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            בִּרְכ֗וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּרְכ֗וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bir·ḵō·w·hî
                
                
                     his knees , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) knee 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bir·ḵō·w·hî
         his knees , 
    
 
        
            וּמְצַלֵּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְצַלֵּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·ṣal·lê
                
                
                     prayed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6739 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to pray 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·ṣal·lê
         prayed , 
    
 
        
            וּמוֹדֵא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמוֹדֵא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mō·w·ḏê
                
                
                     and gave thanks 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3029 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to praise, give thanks 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mō·w·ḏê
         and gave thanks 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         to 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hêh
                
                
                     his God , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hêh
         his God , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         just as 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָבֵ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָבֵ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     he had done 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·ḇêḏ
         he had done 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         before 
    
 
        
            קַדְמַ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדְמַ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qaḏ·maṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6928 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) former time or situation, as before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qaḏ·maṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דְּנָֽה׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָֽה׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then these men went as a group and found Daniel petitioning and imploring his God.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱ֠דַיִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱ֠דַיִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lêḵ
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lêḵ
         these 
    
 
        
            גֻּבְרַיָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבְרַיָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    guḇ·ray·yā
                
                
                     men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        guḇ·ray·yā
         men 
    
 
        
            הַרְגִּ֔שׁוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַרְגִּ֔שׁוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    har·gi·šū
                
                
                     went as a group 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7284 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be in tumult <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to gather in a tumultuous throng, show tumultuousness, come thronging 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        har·gi·šū
         went as a group 
    
 
        
            וְהַשְׁכַּ֖חוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַשְׁכַּ֖חוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·haš·ka·ḥū
                
                
                     and found 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·haš·ka·ḥū
         and found 
    
 
        
            לְדָנִיֵּ֑אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָנִיֵּ֑אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            בָּעֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּעֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·‘ê
                
                
                     petitioning 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, seek, request, desire, pray, make petition <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask, request <BR> 1a2) to seek (for favour) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·‘ê
         petitioning 
    
 
        
            וּמִתְחַנַּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִתְחַנַּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miṯ·ḥan·nan
                
                
                     and imploring 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2604 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show favour <BR> 1a) (P'al) to show favour <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to implore favour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miṯ·ḥan·nan
         and imploring 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהֵֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהֵֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hêh
                
                
                     his God . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hêh
         his God . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So they approached the king and asked about his royal decree: “Did you not sign a decree that for thirty days any man who petitions any god or man except you, O king, will be thrown into the den of lions?” The king replied, “According to the law of the Medes and Persians the order stands, and it cannot be repealed.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּ֠אדַיִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֠אדַיִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         So 
    
 
        
            קְרִ֨יבוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְרִ֨יבוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·rî·ḇū
                
                
                     they approached 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to approach, come near <BR> 1a) (P'al) to approach <BR> 1b) (Pael) to offer, draw near<BR> 1c) (Aphel) to be summoned 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·rî·ḇū
         they approached 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            וְאָמְרִ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמְרִ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     and asked 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mə·rîn
         and asked 
    
 
        
            קֳדָם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     about 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         about 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     his royal 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         his royal 
    
 
        
            אֱסָ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱסָ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·sār
                
                
                     decree : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        633 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interdict, decree, decree of restriction 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·sār
         decree : 
    
 
        
            הֲלָ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲלָ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·lā
                
                
                     “ Did you not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·lā
         “ Did you not 
    
 
        
            רְשַׁ֗מְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְשַׁ֗מְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·šam·tā
                
                
                     sign 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1a) (P'al) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1b) (P'al) <BR> 1b1) to be inscribed, be written <BR> 1b2) to be signed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·šam·tā
         sign 
    
 
        
            אֱסָ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱסָ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·sār
                
                
                     a decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        633 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interdict, decree, decree of restriction 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·sār
         a decree 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         for 
    
 
        
            תְּלָתִ֗ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּלָתִ֗ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·lā·ṯîn
                
                
                     thirty 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8533 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thirty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·lā·ṯîn
         thirty 
    
 
        
            יוֹמִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹמִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·mîn
                
                
                     days 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day <BR> 2) day always refers to a twenty-four hour period when the word is modified by a definite or cardinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·mîn
         days 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     any 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         any 
    
 
        
            אֱנָ֡שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱנָ֡שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·nāš
                
                
                     man 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·nāš
         man 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         who 
    
 
        
            יִבְעֵה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִבְעֵה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiḇ·‘êh
                
                
                     petitions 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, seek, request, desire, pray, make petition <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask, request <BR> 1a2) to seek (for favour) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiḇ·‘êh
         petitions 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     any 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         any 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֨הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֨הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     god 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         god 
    
 
        
            וֶֽאֱנָ֜שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וֶֽאֱנָ֜שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    we·’ĕ·nāš
                
                
                     or man 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        we·’ĕ·nāš
         or man 
    
 
        
            לָהֵן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֵן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hên
                
                
                     except you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) therefore <BR> 2) except, but <BR> 2a) except (with negative) <BR> 2b) however, but 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hên
         except you , 
    
 
        
            מִנָּ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנָּ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nāḵ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nāḵ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            יִתְרְמֵ֕א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְרְמֵ֕א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṯ·rə·mê
                
                
                     will be thrown 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cast, throw <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to cast <BR> 1a2) to throw <BR> 1a2a) of tribute (fig) <BR> 1b) (Peil) <BR> 1b1) to be cast<BR> 1b2) to be placed, be set <BR> 1c) (Ithp'el) to be cast 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṯ·rə·mê
         will be thrown 
    
 
        
            לְג֖וֹב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְג֖וֹב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡō·wḇ
                
                
                     into the den 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1358 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pit, den (of lions) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡō·wḇ
         into the den 
    
 
        
            אַרְיָותָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְיָותָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·yā·w·ṯā
                
                
                     of lions ? ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·yā·w·ṯā
         of lions ? ” 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     The king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         The king 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     replied , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         replied , 
    
 
        
            כְּדָת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּדָת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḏāṯ-
                
                
                     “ According to the law 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḏāṯ-
         “ According to the law 
    
 
        
            מָדַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָדַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·ḏay
                
                
                     of the Medes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4076 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Medes = |middle land| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) an inhabitant of Media <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) the territory inhabited by the Medes <BR> 2a) located northwest of Persia proper, south and southwest of the Caspian Sea, east of Armenia and Assyria, and west and northwest of the great salt desert of Iram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·ḏay
         of the Medes 
    
 
        
            וּפָרַ֖ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפָרַ֖ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ā·ras
                
                
                     and Persians 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Persia = |pure| or |splendid|<BR> 1) the empire Persia; encompassed the territory from India on the east to Egypt and Thrace on the west, and included, besides portions of Europe and Africa, the whole of western Asia between the Black Sea, the Caucasus, the Caspian and the Jaxartes on the north, the Arabian desert, the Persian Gulf and the Indian Ocean on the south <BR> 1a) Persia proper was bounded on the west by Susiana or Elam, on the north by Media, on the south by the Persian Gulf and on the east by Carmania <BR> Persian = see Persia |pure| or |splendid| <BR> 2) the people of the Persian empire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ā·ras
         and Persians 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִלְּתָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּתָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     the order 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·ṯā
         the order 
    
 
        
            יַצִּיבָ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַצִּיבָ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaṣ·ṣî·ḇā
                
                
                     stands , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3330 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n <BR> 1) the truth <BR> adv <BR> 2) surely, reliably, truly <BR> adj <BR> 3) reliable, true, certain, sure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaṣ·ṣî·ḇā
         stands , 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     and it cannot 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         and it cannot 
    
 
        
            תֶעְדֵּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֶעְדֵּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯe‘·dê
                
                
                     be repealed . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass on, pass away <BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pass on, pass over <BR> 1a2) to pass away <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take away, remove, depose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯe‘·dê
         be repealed . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then they told the king, “Daniel, one of the exiles from Judah, shows no regard for you, O king, or for the decree that you have signed. He still makes his petition three times a day.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּ֠אדַיִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֠אדַיִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            עֲנ֣וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲנ֣וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·nōw
                
                
                     they told 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·nōw
         they told 
    
 
        
            וְאָמְרִין֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמְרִין֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mə·rîn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king , 
    
 
        
            דָנִיֵּ֡אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָנִיֵּ֡אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     “ Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·nî·yêl
         “ Daniel , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         one 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         of 
    
 
        
            דִּי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         vvv 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the exiles 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, child 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the exiles 
    
 
        
            גָלוּתָ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָלוּתָ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡā·lū·ṯā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡā·lū·ṯā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         from 
    
 
        
            יְה֗וּד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְה֗וּד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hūḏ
                
                
                     Judah , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3061 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Judah-the territory of the tribe of Judah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hūḏ
         Judah , 
    
 
        
            לָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     shows no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         shows no 
    
 
        
            שָׂ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śām
                
                
                     regard 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to set, make, appoint <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, make decree, setout (decree) <BR> 1a2) to make, appoint <BR> 1a3) to set, fix <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be made, be set, be laid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śām
         regard 
    
 
        
            עֲלַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿă·la·yiḵ
                
                
                     for you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿă·la·yiḵ
         for you , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            טְעֵ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טְעֵ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭə·‘êm
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, taste, judgment, command <BR> 1a) taste <BR> 1b) judgment, discretion <BR> 1c) report <BR> 1d) command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭə·‘êm
         
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     or for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         or for 
    
 
        
            אֱסָרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱסָרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·sā·rā
                
                
                     the decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        633 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interdict, decree, decree of restriction 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·sā·rā
         the decree 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            רְשַׁ֑מְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְשַׁ֑מְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·šam·tā
                
                
                     you have signed . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1a) (P'al) to inscribe, sign <BR> 1b) (P'al) <BR> 1b1) to be inscribed, be written <BR> 1b2) to be signed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·šam·tā
         you have signed . 
    
 
        
            בָּעֵ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּעֵ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·‘ê
                
                
                     He still makes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, seek, request, desire, pray, make petition <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask, request <BR> 1a2) to seek (for favour) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·‘ê
         He still makes 
    
 
        
            בָּעוּתֵֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּעוּתֵֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·‘ū·ṯêh
                
                
                     his petition 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) petition, request <BR> 2) prayer (always in Jewish liturgy) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·‘ū·ṯêh
         his petition 
    
 
        
            תְּלָתָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּלָתָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·lā·ṯāh
                
                
                     three 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three <BR> 1a) three (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) third (ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·lā·ṯāh
         three 
    
 
        
            וְזִמְנִ֤ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזִמְנִ֤ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zim·nîn
                
                
                     times 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2166 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a set time, time, season 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zim·nîn
         times 
    
 
        
            בְּיוֹמָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיוֹמָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yō·w·mā
                
                
                     a day . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day <BR> 2) day always refers to a twenty-four hour period when the word is modified by a definite or cardinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yō·w·mā
         a day . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As soon as the king heard this, he was deeply distressed and set his mind on delivering Daniel, and he labored until sundown to rescue him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱדַ֨יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֨יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         - 
    
 
        
            כְּדִ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּדִ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḏî
                
                
                     As soon as 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḏî
         As soon as 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַ֗ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַ֗ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ma‘
                
                
                     heard 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hear <BR> 1a) (P'al) to hear, have a sense of hearing <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to show oneself obedient 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ma‘
         heard 
    
 
        
            מִלְּתָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּתָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     this , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·ṯā
         this , 
    
 
        
            שַׂגִּיא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂגִּיא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śag·gî
                
                
                     he was deeply 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7690 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great, much <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) much, many <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śag·gî
         he was deeply 
    
 
        
            בְּאֵ֣שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאֵ֣שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’êš
                
                
                     distressed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        888 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to be evil, be bad, be displeasing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’êš
         distressed 
    
 
        
            עֲל֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲל֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lō·w·hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֧ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֧ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al
         and 
    
 
        
            שָׂ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śām
                
                
                     set 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to set, make, appoint <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, make decree, setout (decree) <BR> 1a2) to make, appoint <BR> 1a3) to set, fix <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be made, be set, be laid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śām
         set 
    
 
        
            בָּ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bāl
                
                
                     [his] mind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1079 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mind, heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bāl
         [his] mind 
    
 
        
            לְשֵׁיזָבוּתֵ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשֵׁיזָבוּתֵ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šê·zā·ḇū·ṯêh
                
                
                     on delivering 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Peel or Peil) to deliver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šê·zā·ḇū·ṯêh
         on delivering 
    
 
        
            דָּנִיֵּ֛אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּנִיֵּ֛אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         Daniel , 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁתַּדַּ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁתַּדַּ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·tad·dar
                
                
                     and he labored 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7712 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Ithpael) to struggle, strive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·tad·dar
         and he labored 
    
 
        
            וְעַד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            מֶֽעָלֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽעָלֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·‘ā·lê
                
                
                     sundown 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) going in <BR> 1a) sunset (of sun) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·‘ā·lê
         sundown 
    
 
        
            שִׁמְשָׁ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁמְשָׁ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šim·šā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sun 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šim·šā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְהַצָּלוּתֵֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַצָּלוּתֵֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haṣ·ṣā·lū·ṯêh
                
                
                     to rescue him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5338 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to rescue, extricate, deliver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haṣ·ṣā·lū·ṯêh
         to rescue him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the men approached the king together and said to him, “Remember, O king, that by the law of the Medes and Persians no decree or ordinance established by the king can be changed.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lêḵ
                
                
                     the 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lêḵ
         the 
    
 
        
            גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    guḇ·ray·yā
                
                
                     men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        guḇ·ray·yā
         men 
    
 
        
            הַרְגִּ֖שׁוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַרְגִּ֖שׁוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    har·gi·šū
                
                
                     approached 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7284 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be in tumult <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to gather in a tumultuous throng, show tumultuousness, come thronging 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        har·gi·šū
         approached 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king {together} 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king {together} 
    
 
        
            וְאָמְרִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמְרִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     and said 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mə·rîn
         and said 
    
 
        
            לְמַלְכָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַלְכָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mal·kā
                
                
                     to him , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mal·kā
         to him , 
    
 
        
            דַּ֤ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּ֤ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    da‘
                
                
                     “ Remember , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        da‘
         “ Remember , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         that 
    
 
        
            דָת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏāṯ
                
                
                     by the law 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏāṯ
         by the law 
    
 
        
            לְמָדַ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמָדַ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mā·ḏay
                
                
                     of the Medes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4076 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Medes = |middle land| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) an inhabitant of Media <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) the territory inhabited by the Medes <BR> 2a) located northwest of Persia proper, south and southwest of the Caspian Sea, east of Armenia and Assyria, and west and northwest of the great salt desert of Iram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mā·ḏay
         of the Medes 
    
 
        
            וּפָרַ֔ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפָרַ֔ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ā·ras
                
                
                     and Persians 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Persia = |pure| or |splendid|<BR> 1) the empire Persia; encompassed the territory from India on the east to Egypt and Thrace on the west, and included, besides portions of Europe and Africa, the whole of western Asia between the Black Sea, the Caucasus, the Caspian and the Jaxartes on the north, the Arabian desert, the Persian Gulf and the Indian Ocean on the south <BR> 1a) Persia proper was bounded on the west by Susiana or Elam, on the north by Media, on the south by the Persian Gulf and on the east by Carmania <BR> Persian = see Persia |pure| or |splendid| <BR> 2) the people of the Persian empire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ā·ras
         and Persians 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         no 
    
 
        
            אֱסָ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱסָ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·sār
                
                
                     decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        633 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interdict, decree, decree of restriction 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·sār
         decree 
    
 
        
            וּקְיָ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּקְיָ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·qə·yām
                
                
                     or ordinance 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7010 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, statute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·qə·yām
         or ordinance 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְהָקֵ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהָקֵ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hā·qêm
                
                
                     established 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hā·qêm
         established 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     by the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         by the king 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         
    
 
        
            לְהַשְׁנָיָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַשְׁנָיָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haš·nā·yāh
                
                
                     can be changed . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haš·nā·yāh
         can be changed . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So the king gave the order, and they brought Daniel and threw him into the den of lions. The king said to Daniel, “May your God, whom you serve continually, deliver you!”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֜יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֜יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         So 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            אֲמַ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·mar
                
                
                     gave the order , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·mar
         gave the order , 
    
 
        
            וְהַיְתִיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַיְתִיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hay·ṯîw
                
                
                     and they brought 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hay·ṯîw
         and they brought 
    
 
        
            לְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            וּרְמ֕וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּרְמ֕וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·rə·mōw
                
                
                     and threw him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cast, throw <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to cast <BR> 1a2) to throw <BR> 1a2a) of tribute (fig) <BR> 1b) (Peil) <BR> 1b1) to be cast<BR> 1b2) to be placed, be set <BR> 1c) (Ithp'el) to be cast 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·rə·mōw
         and threw him 
    
 
        
            לְגֻבָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְגֻבָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡub·bā
                
                
                     into the den 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1358 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pit, den (of lions) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡub·bā
         into the den 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         of 
    
 
        
            אַרְיָוָתָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְיָוָתָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     lions . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
         lions . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     The king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         The king 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         said 
    
 
        
            לְדָנִיֵּ֔אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָנִיֵּ֔אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     to Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         to Daniel , 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֗ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֗ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
                
                
                     “ May your God , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
         “ May your God , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         whom 
    
 
        
            אַנְתָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַנְתָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾan·tå̄h
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾan·tå̄h
         you 
    
 
        
            פָּֽלַֽח־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּֽלַֽח־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·laḥ-
                
                
                     serve 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to serve, worship, revere, minister for, pay reverence to <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pay reverence to <BR> 1a2) to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·laḥ-
         serve 
    
 
        
            לֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         
    
 
        
            בִּתְדִירָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּתְדִירָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biṯ·ḏî·rā
                
                
                     continually , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8411 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) continuance, continuity, perpetuity <BR> 1a) constantly (as adverb) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biṯ·ḏî·rā
         continually , 
    
 
        
            ה֖וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֖וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְשֵׁיזְבִנָּֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְשֵׁיזְבִנָּֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·šê·zə·ḇin·nāḵ
                
                
                     deliver you ! ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Peel or Peil) to deliver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·šê·zə·ḇin·nāḵ
         deliver you ! ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            A stone was brought and placed over the mouth of the den, and the king sealed it with his own signet ring and with the rings of his nobles, so that nothing concerning Daniel could be changed.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            חֲדָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲדָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ḏāh
                
                
                     A 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2298 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one <BR> 1b) a (indefinite article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ḏāh
         A 
    
 
        
            אֶ֣בֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֣בֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḇen
                
                
                     stone 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        69 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone <BR> 1a) a (the) stone <BR> 1b) stone, material of idols and buildings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḇen
         stone 
    
 
        
            וְהֵיתָ֙יִת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵיתָ֙יִת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hê·ṯā·yiṯ
                
                
                     was brought 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hofal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hê·ṯā·yiṯ
         was brought 
    
 
        
            וְשֻׂמַ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשֻׂמַ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·śu·maṯ
                
                
                     and placed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to set, make, appoint <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, make decree, setout (decree) <BR> 1a2) to make, appoint <BR> 1a3) to set, fix <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be made, be set, be laid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·śu·maṯ
         and placed 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            פֻּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֻּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pum
                
                
                     the mouth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6433 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mouth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pum
         the mouth 
    
 
        
            גֻּבָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gub·bā
                
                
                     of the den , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1358 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pit, den (of lions) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gub·bā
         of the den , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     and the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         and the king 
    
 
        
            וְחַתְמַ֨הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַתְמַ֨הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥaṯ·mah
                
                
                     sealed it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2857 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) seal. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥaṯ·mah
         sealed it 
    
 
        
            בְּעִזְקְתֵ֗הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעִזְקְתֵ֗הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘iz·qə·ṯêh
                
                
                     with his own signet ring 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5824 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) signet-ring 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘iz·qə·ṯêh
         with his own signet ring 
    
 
        
            וּבְעִזְקָת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְעִזְקָת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·‘iz·qāṯ
                
                
                     and with the rings 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5824 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) signet-ring 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·‘iz·qāṯ
         and with the rings 
    
 
        
            רַבְרְבָנ֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבְרְבָנ֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ·rə·ḇā·nō·w·hî
                
                
                     of his nobles , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7261 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord, noble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ·rə·ḇā·nō·w·hî
         of his nobles , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     so that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         so that 
    
 
        
            לָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     nothing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         nothing 
    
 
        
            צְב֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְב֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6640 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thing, anything, matter <BR> 1a) apparently thing desired <BR> 1b) as a matter of determination 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּדָנִיֵּֽאל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּדָנִיֵּֽאל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     concerning Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         concerning Daniel 
    
 
        
            תִשְׁנֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִשְׁנֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiš·nê
                
                
                     could be changed . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiš·nê
         could be changed . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the king went to his palace and spent the night fasting. No entertainment was brought before him, and sleep fled from him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱ֠דַיִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱ֠דַיִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            אֲזַ֨ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲזַ֨ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·zal
                
                
                     went 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, to go off <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go, go off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·zal
         went 
    
 
        
            לְהֵֽיכְלֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהֵֽיכְלֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hê·ḵə·lêh
                
                
                     to his palace 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) palace, temple <BR> 1a) palace <BR> 1b) temple (in Jerusalem) <BR> 1c) temple (pagan) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hê·ḵə·lêh
         to his palace 
    
 
        
            וּבָ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇāṯ
                
                
                     and spent the night 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        956 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to pass the night, lodge 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇāṯ
         and spent the night 
    
 
        
            טְוָ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טְוָ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭə·wāṯ
                
                
                     fasting . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2908 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fasting, fastingly, hungrily 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭə·wāṯ
         fasting . 
    
 
        
            לָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     No 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         No 
    
 
        
            וְדַחֲוָ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדַחֲוָ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏa·ḥă·wān
                
                
                     entertainment 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) diversions, musical instruments?, dancing girls, concubines, music 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏa·ḥă·wān
         entertainment 
    
 
        
            הַנְעֵ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנְעֵ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·‘êl
                
                
                     was brought 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·‘êl
         was brought 
    
 
        
            קָֽדָמ֑וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽדָמ֑וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏā·mō·w·hî
                
                
                     before him , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏā·mō·w·hî
         before him , 
    
 
        
            וְשִׁנְתֵּ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁנְתֵּ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šin·têh
                
                
                     and sleep 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8139 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sleep 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šin·têh
         and sleep 
    
 
        
            נַדַּ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַדַּ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nad·daṯ
                
                
                     fled 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5075 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to flee 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nad·daṯ
         fled 
    
 
        
            עֲלֽוֹהִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֽוֹהִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     from him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lō·w·hî
         from him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            At the first light of dawn, the king got up and hurried to the den of lions.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנָגְהָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנָגְהָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nā·ḡə·hā
                
                
                     At the first light 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5053 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brightness, daylight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nā·ḡə·hā
         At the first light 
    
 
        
            בִּשְׁפַּרְפָּרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּשְׁפַּרְפָּרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biš·par·pā·rā
                
                
                     of dawn , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8238 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dawn, early morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biš·par·pā·rā
         of dawn , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            יְק֣וּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְק֣וּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·qūm
                
                
                     got up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·qūm
         got up 
    
 
        
            וּבְהִ֨תְבְּהָלָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְהִ֨תְבְּהָלָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·hiṯ·bə·hā·lāh
                
                
                     and hurried 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Verb - Hitpael - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) to frighten, alarm, dismay <BR> 2) (Ithpa'al) to hurry, hasten <BR> 3) (Ithpa'al) alarmed (part.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·hiṯ·bə·hā·lāh
         and hurried 
    
 
        
            אֲזַֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲזַֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·zal
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, to go off <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go, go off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·zal
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְגֻבָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְגֻבָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡub·bā
                
                
                     to the den 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1358 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pit, den (of lions) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡub·bā
         to the den 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         of 
    
 
        
            אַרְיָוָתָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְיָוָתָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     lions . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
         lions . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When he reached the den, he cried out in a voice of anguish, “O Daniel, servant of the living God, has your God, whom you serve continually, been able to deliver you from the lions?”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּקָ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּקָ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·qāl
                
                
                     in a voice 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) voice, sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·qāl
         in a voice 
    
 
        
            עֲצִ֖יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲצִ֖יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ṣîḇ
                
                
                     of anguish 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pain, grieve <BR> 1a) (P'al) pained (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ṣîḇ
         of anguish 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         - 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         - 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         - 
    
 
        
            לְדָנִיֵּ֗אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָנִיֵּ֗אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     vvv , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         vvv , 
    
 
        
            דָּֽנִיֵּאל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּֽנִיֵּאל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     “ O Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         “ O Daniel , 
    
 
        
            עֲבֵד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבֵד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     servant 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5649 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) servant, slave 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇêḏ
         servant 
    
 
        
            חַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yā
                
                
                     of the living 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2417 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alive, living, life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yā
         of the living 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hā
                
                
                     God , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hā
         God , 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֗ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֗ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
                
                
                     has your God , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
         has your God , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         whom 
    
 
        
            אַנְתָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַנְתָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾan·tå̄h
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾan·tå̄h
         you 
    
 
        
            פָּֽלַֽח־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּֽלַֽח־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·laḥ-
                
                
                     serve 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to serve, worship, revere, minister for, pay reverence to <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pay reverence to <BR> 1a2) to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·laḥ-
         serve 
    
 
        
            לֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         
    
 
        
            בִּתְדִירָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּתְדִירָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biṯ·ḏî·rā
                
                
                     continually , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8411 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) continuance, continuity, perpetuity <BR> 1a) constantly (as adverb) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biṯ·ḏî·rā
         continually , 
    
 
        
            הַיְכִ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְכִ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·ḵil
                
                
                     been able 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3202 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to be able <BR> 1a2) to prevail 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·ḵil
         been able 
    
 
        
            לְשֵׁיזָבוּתָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשֵׁיזָבוּתָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šê·zā·ḇū·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     to deliver you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Peel or Peil) to deliver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šê·zā·ḇū·ṯāḵ
         to deliver you 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            אַרְיָוָתָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְיָוָתָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     the lions ? ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
         the lions ? ” 
    
 
        
            וּכְמִקְרְבֵ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְמִקְרְבֵ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·miq·rə·ḇêh
                
                
                     When he reached 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-k | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to approach, come near <BR> 1a) (P'al) to approach <BR> 1b) (Pael) to offer, draw near<BR> 1c) (Aphel) to be summoned 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·miq·rə·ḇêh
         When he reached 
    
 
        
            לְגֻבָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְגֻבָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡub·bā
                
                
                     the den , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1358 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pit, den (of lions) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡub·bā
         the den , 
    
 
        
            זְעִ֑ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְעִ֑ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·‘iq
                
                
                     he cried out 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to cry, cry out, call 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·‘iq
         he cried out 
    
 
        
            לְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         - 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then Daniel replied, “O king, may you live forever!
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱדַ֙יִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֙יִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            דָּנִיֶּ֔אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּנִיֶּ֔אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yel
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yel
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            מַלִּ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלִּ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·lil
                
                
                     replied 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4449 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to speak, say 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·lil
         replied 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         - 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         - , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     “ O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         “ O king , 
    
 
        
            חֱיִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֱיִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥĕ·yî
                
                
                     may you live 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2418 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live <BR> 1a) (P'al) to live <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let live, keep alive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥĕ·yî
         may you live 
    
 
        
            לְעָלְמִ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעָלְמִ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
                
                
                     forever ! 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
         forever ! 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            My God sent His angel and shut the mouths of the lions. They have not hurt me, for I was found innocent in His sight, and I have done no wrong against you, O king.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלָהִ֞י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהִ֞י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hî
                
                
                     My God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hî
         My God 
    
 
        
            שְׁלַ֣ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלַ֣ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·laḥ
                
                
                     sent 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to send, send out <BR> 1a2) to be sent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·laḥ
         sent 
    
 
        
            מַלְאֲכֵ֗הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאֲכֵ֗הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’ă·ḵêh
                
                
                     His angel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’ă·ḵêh
         His angel 
    
 
        
            וּֽסֲגַ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּֽסֲגַ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·să·ḡar
                
                
                     and shut 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5463 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to shut <BR> 2) (TWOT) shirt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·să·ḡar
         and shut 
    
 
        
            פֻּ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֻּ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pum
                
                
                     the mouths 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6433 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mouth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pum
         the mouths 
    
 
        
            אַרְיָוָתָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְיָוָתָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     of the lions . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
         of the lions . 
    
 
        
            וְלָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā
                
                
                     They have not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā
         They have not 
    
 
        
            חַבְּל֑וּנִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַבְּל֑וּנִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥab·bə·lū·nî
                
                
                     hurt me , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine plural | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2255 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hurt, destroy <BR> 1a) (Pael) to hurt, destroy <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥab·bə·lū·nî
         hurt me , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         for 
    
 
        
            דִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiš·tə·ḵa·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     I was found 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiš·tə·ḵa·ḥaṯ
         I was found 
    
 
        
            לִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         
    
 
        
            זָכוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָכוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·ḵū
                
                
                     innocent 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purity, innocence, innocence (in God's sight) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·ḵū
         innocent 
    
 
        
            קָֽדָמ֙וֹהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽדָמ֙וֹהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏā·mō·w·hî
                
                
                     in His sight , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏā·mō·w·hî
         in His sight , 
    
 
        
            וְאַ֤ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַ֤ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ap̄
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        638 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) also, yea 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ap̄
         and 
    
 
        
            עַבְדֵֽת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַבְדֵֽת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḇ·ḏêṯ
                
                
                     I have done 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḇ·ḏêṯ
         I have done 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         no 
    
 
        
            חֲבוּלָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲבוּלָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ḇū·lāh
                
                
                     wrong 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2248 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hurtful act, crime, harm, wicked deed, a wrong 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ḇū·lāh
         wrong 
    
 
        
            קָדָמַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָדָמַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qå̄·ḏå̄·ma·yiḵ
                
                
                     against you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qå̄·ḏå̄·ma·yiḵ
         against you , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The king was overjoyed and gave orders to lift Daniel out of the den, and when Daniel was lifted out of the den, no wounds whatsoever were found on him, because he had trusted in his God.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         - 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     The king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         The king 
    
 
        
            שַׂגִּיא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂגִּיא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śag·gî
                
                
                     was overjoyed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7690 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great, much <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) much, many <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śag·gî
         was overjoyed 
    
 
        
            טְאֵ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טְאֵ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭə·’êḇ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2868 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to be glad, be good 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭə·’êḇ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֲל֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲל֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lō·w·hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲמַ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·mar
                
                
                     and gave orders 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·mar
         and gave orders 
    
 
        
            לְהַנְסָקָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַנְסָקָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·han·sā·qāh
                
                
                     to lift 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ascend, come up <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come up <BR> 1b) (P'il) to come up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·han·sā·qāh
         to lift 
    
 
        
            וּלְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְדָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     out of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         out of 
    
 
        
            גֻּבָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gub·bā
                
                
                     the den , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1358 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pit, den (of lions) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gub·bā
         the den , 
    
 
        
            דָּנִיֵּ֜אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּנִיֵּ֜אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     and when Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         and when Daniel 
    
 
        
            וְהֻסַּ֨ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֻסַּ֨ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hus·saq
                
                
                     was lifted 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hofal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ascend, come up <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come up <BR> 1b) (P'il) to come up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hus·saq
         was lifted 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     out of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         out of 
    
 
        
            גֻּבָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gub·bā
                
                
                     the den , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1358 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pit, den (of lions) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gub·bā
         the den , 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         - 
    
 
        
            לָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         no 
    
 
        
            חֲבָל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲבָל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ḇāl
                
                
                     wounds whatsoever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2257 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hurt, damage, injury 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ḇāl
         wounds whatsoever 
    
 
        
            הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiš·tə·ḵaḥ
                
                
                     were found 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiš·tə·ḵaḥ
         were found 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêh
                
                
                     on him , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêh
         on him , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         because 
    
 
        
            הֵימִ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵימִ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·min
                
                
                     he had trusted 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to confirm, support <BR> 1a) (Aphel) <BR> 1a1) to believe in <BR> 1a2) to trust <BR> 1a3) trustworthy (pass participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·min
         he had trusted 
    
 
        
            בֵּאלָהֵֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאלָהֵֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lā·hêh
                
                
                     in his God . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lā·hêh
         in his God . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            At the command of the king, the men who had falsely accused Daniel were brought and thrown into the den of lions—they and their children and wives. And before they had reached the bottom of the den, the lions overpowered them and crushed all their bones.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַאֲמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·mar
                
                
                     At the command 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·mar
         At the command 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     of the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         of the king , 
    
 
        
            אִלֵּךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lêḵ
                
                
                     the 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lêḵ
         the 
    
 
        
            גֻּבְרַיָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבְרַיָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    guḇ·ray·yā
                
                
                     men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a man, a certain (one) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        guḇ·ray·yā
         men 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         who 
    
 
        
            אֲכַ֤לוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲכַ֤לוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḵa·lū
                
                
                     had falsely accused 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to eat (of beasts) <BR> 1a2) to devour <BR> 1a3) eat their pieces (in a phrase, that is, slander them) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḵa·lū
         had falsely accused 
    
 
        
            קַרְצ֙וֹהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַרְצ֙וֹהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qar·ṣō·w·hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7170 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) piece <BR> 1a) denounce, slander, accuse maliciously, chew on (idiom) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qar·ṣō·w·hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דָֽנִיֵּ֔אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָֽנִיֵּ֔אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            וְהַיְתִ֞יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַיְתִ֞יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hay·ṯîw
                
                
                     were brought 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hay·ṯîw
         were brought 
    
 
        
            רְמ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְמ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·mōw
                
                
                     and thrown 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cast, throw <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to cast <BR> 1a2) to throw <BR> 1a2a) of tribute (fig) <BR> 1b) (Peil) <BR> 1b1) to be cast<BR> 1b2) to be placed, be set <BR> 1c) (Ithp'el) to be cast 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·mōw
         and thrown 
    
 
        
            וּלְגֹ֤ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְגֹ֤ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḡōḇ
                
                
                     into the den 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1358 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pit, den (of lions) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḡōḇ
         into the den 
    
 
        
            אַרְיָוָתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְיָוָתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     of lions — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
         of lions — 
    
 
        
            אִנּ֖וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִנּ֖וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’in·nūn
                
                
                     they 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        581 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those, they 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’in·nūn
         they 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵיה֣וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵיה֣וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê·hō·wn
                
                
                     and their children 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, child 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê·hō·wn
         and their children 
    
 
        
            וּנְשֵׁיה֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְשֵׁיה֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·šê·hō·wn
                
                
                     and wives . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wives 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·šê·hō·wn
         and wives . 
    
 
        
            וְלָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā-
                
                
                     And before 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā-
         And before 
    
 
        
            מְט֞וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְט֞וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ṭōw
                
                
                     they had reached 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reach, come upon, attain <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to reach, come to <BR> 1a2) to reach, extend <BR> 1a3) to come upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ṭōw
         they had reached 
    
 
        
            לְאַרְעִ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַרְעִ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ar·‘îṯ
                
                
                     the bottom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        773 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bottom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ar·‘îṯ
         the bottom 
    
 
        
            גֻּבָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֻּבָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gub·bā
                
                
                     of the den , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1358 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pit, den (of lions) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gub·bā
         of the den , 
    
 
        
            עַ֠ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֠ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         - 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         - 
    
 
        
            אַרְיָ֣וָתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְיָ֣וָתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     the lions 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
         the lions 
    
 
        
            שְׁלִ֤טֽוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלִ֤טֽוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·li·ṭū
                
                
                     overpowered 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7981 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to have power, rule, domineer, rule over <BR> 1a) (P'al) have power upon or over, rule, fall upon, assault, be ruler <BR> 1b) (Aphel) make ruler 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·li·ṭū
         overpowered 
    
 
        
            בְהוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְהוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·hō·wn
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·hō·wn
         them 
    
 
        
            הַדִּֽקוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדִּֽקוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·di·qū
                
                
                     and crushed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1855 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break into pieces, fall into pieces, be shattered <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be shattered <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to break into pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·di·qū
         and crushed 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         all 
    
 
        
            גַּרְמֵיה֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּרְמֵיה֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gar·mê·hō·wn
                
                
                     their bones . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gar·mê·hō·wn
         their bones . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then King Darius wrote to the people of every nation and language throughout the land: “May your prosperity abound.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֜יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֜יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            דָּרְיָ֣וֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּרְיָ֣וֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·rə·yā·weš
                
                
                     Darius 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1868 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Darius = |lord|<BR> 1) Darius the Mede, the son of Ahasuerus, king of the Chaldeans, who succeeded to the Babylonian kingdom on the death of Belshazzar; probably the same as |Astyages| the last king of the Medes (538 BC) (same as H01867 (1)) <BR> 2) Darius, the son of Hystaspes, the founder of the Perso-Arian dynasty (521 BC) (same as H01867 (2)) <BR> 3) Darius II or Darius III <BR> 3a) Darius II, Nothus (Ochus) was king of Persia during the time of Nehemiah (424/3-405/4 BC). Darius II is the most probable because he is mentioned by Nehemiah and ruled during the time of Nehemiah <BR> 3b) Darius III, Codomannus was king of Persia during its last years at the time of Alexander the Great and was his opponent (336-330 BC) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·rə·yā·weš
         Darius 
    
 
        
            כְּ֠תַב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּ֠תַב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ṯaḇ
                
                
                     wrote 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3790 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to write <BR> 1a) (P'al) to write, to be written 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ṯaḇ
         wrote 
    
 
        
            עַֽמְמַיָּ֞א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽמְמַיָּ֞א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·may·yā
                
                
                     to the people 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·may·yā
         to the people 
    
 
        
            לְֽכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְֽכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāl
                
                
                     of every 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāl
         of every 
    
 
        
            אֻמַיָּ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֻמַיָּ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’u·may·yā
                
                
                     nation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        524 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people, tribe, nation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’u·may·yā
         nation 
    
 
        
            וְלִשָּׁנַיָּ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִשָּׁנַיָּ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liš·šā·nay·yā
                
                
                     and language 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tongue, language <BR> 1a) tongue, language <BR> 1b) people (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liš·šā·nay·yā
         and language 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         - 
    
 
        
            דָאֲרִין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָאֲרִין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏå̄·ʾă·rīn
                
                
                     throughout 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1753 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏå̄·ʾă·rīn
         throughout 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     the land : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         the land : 
    
 
        
            שְׁלָמְכ֥וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלָמְכ֥וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lā·mə·ḵō·wn
                
                
                     “ May your prosperity 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8001 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) welfare, prosperity, peace, well-being 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lā·mə·ḵō·wn
         “ May your prosperity 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂגֵּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂגֵּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·gê
                
                
                     abound . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to grow great 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·gê
         abound . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I hereby decree that in every part of my kingdom, men are to tremble in fear before the God of Daniel: For He is the living God, and He endures forever; His kingdom will never be destroyed, and His dominion will never end.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         
    
 
        
            קֳדָמַי֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָמַי֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏā·may
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏā·may
         - 
    
 
        
            שִׂ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׂ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śîm
                
                
                     I hereby 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to set, make, appoint <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, make decree, setout (decree) <BR> 1a2) to make, appoint <BR> 1a3) to set, fix <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be made, be set, be laid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śîm
         I hereby 
    
 
        
            טְעֵם֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טְעֵם֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭə·‘êm
                
                
                     decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, taste, judgment, command <BR> 1a) taste <BR> 1b) judgment, discretion <BR> 1c) report <BR> 1d) command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭə·‘êm
         decree 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     in every 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         in every 
    
 
        
            שָׁלְטָ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלְטָ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lə·ṭān
                
                
                     part 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lə·ṭān
         part 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯî
                
                
                     of my kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯî
         of my kingdom 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֺ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֺ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wōn
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wōn
         , 
    
 
        
            זָאֲעִין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָאֲעִין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zå̄·ʾă·ʿīn
                
                
                     [men are to] tremble 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2112 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pe) to tremble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zå̄·ʾă·ʿīn
         [men are to] tremble 
    
 
        
            וְדָ֣חֲלִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָ֣חֲלִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏā·ḥă·lîn
                
                
                     in fear 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1763 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fear <BR> 1a2) terrible (pass participle) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to cause to be afraid, make afraid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏā·ḥă·lîn
         in fear 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         before 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהֵ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהֵ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hêh
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hêh
         the God 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         of 
    
 
        
            דָֽנִיֵּ֑אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָֽנִיֵּ֑אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel : 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     For 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         For 
    
 
        
            ה֣וּא׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֣וּא׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     He 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         He 
    
 
        
            חַיָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַיָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yā
                
                
                     is the living 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2417 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alive, living, life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yā
         is the living 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hā
                
                
                     God , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hā
         God , 
    
 
        
            וְקַיָּם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקַיָּם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qay·yām
                
                
                     and He endures forever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7011 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secure, enduring 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qay·yām
         and He endures forever 
    
 
        
            לְעָ֣לְמִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעָ֣לְמִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
                
                
                     . . . ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ā·lə·mîn
         . . . ; 
    
 
        
            וּמַלְכוּתֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכוּתֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·ḵū·ṯêh
                
                
                     His kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·ḵū·ṯêh
         His kingdom 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     will never 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         will never 
    
 
        
            תִתְחַבַּ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִתְחַבַּ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiṯ·ḥab·bal
                
                
                     be destroyed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2255 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hurt, destroy <BR> 1a) (Pael) to hurt, destroy <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiṯ·ḥab·bal
         be destroyed , 
    
 
        
            וְשָׁלְטָנֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁלְטָנֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·lə·ṭā·nêh
                
                
                     and His dominion 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·lə·ṭā·nêh
         and His dominion 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            סוֹפָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סוֹפָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sō·w·p̄ā
                
                
                     will never end . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5491 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, conclusion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sō·w·p̄ā
         will never end . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            He delivers and rescues; He performs signs and wonders in the heavens and on the earth, for He has rescued Daniel from the power of the lions.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מְשֵׁיזִ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְשֵׁיזִ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·šê·ziḇ
                
                
                     He delivers 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Peel or Peil) to deliver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·šê·ziḇ
         He delivers 
    
 
        
            וּמַצִּ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַצִּ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·maṣ·ṣil
                
                
                     and rescues ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5338 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to rescue, extricate, deliver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·maṣ·ṣil
         and rescues ; 
    
 
        
            וְעָבֵד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָבֵד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     He performs 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·ḇêḏ
         He performs 
    
 
        
            אָתִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָתִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ṯîn
                
                
                     signs 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        852 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign, miraculous signs, wonders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ṯîn
         signs 
    
 
        
            וְתִמְהִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתִמְהִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯim·hîn
                
                
                     and wonders 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wonder, miracle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯim·hîn
         and wonders 
    
 
        
            בִּשְׁמַיָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּשְׁמַיָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biš·may·yā
                
                
                     in the heavens 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biš·may·yā
         in the heavens 
    
 
        
            וּבְאַרְעָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְאַרְעָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     and on the earth , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·’ar·‘ā
         and on the earth , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     for He 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         for He 
    
 
        
            שֵׁיזִ֣יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁיזִ֣יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šê·zîḇ
                
                
                     has rescued 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Peel or Peil) to deliver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šê·zîḇ
         has rescued 
    
 
        
            לְדָֽנִיֵּ֔אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָֽנִיֵּ֔אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            יַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḏ
                
                
                     the power 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḏ
         the power 
    
 
        
            אַרְיָוָתָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְיָוָתָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     of the lions . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·yā·wā·ṯā
         of the lions . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Daniel prospered during the reign of Darius and the reign of Cyrus the Persian.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְדָנִיֵּ֣אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָנִיֵּ֣אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     So Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏā·nî·yêl
         So Daniel 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַצְלַ֖ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַצְלַ֖ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṣ·laḥ
                
                
                     prospered 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prosper <BR> 1a) (Aphel) <BR> 1a1) to cause to prosper <BR> 1a2) show prosperity, be prosperous, have success, be successful 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṣ·laḥ
         prospered 
    
 
        
            בְּמַלְכ֣וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמַלְכ֣וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mal·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     during the reign 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mal·ḵūṯ
         during the reign 
    
 
        
            דָּרְיָ֑וֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּרְיָ֑וֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·rə·yā·weš
                
                
                     of Darius 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1868 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Darius = |lord|<BR> 1) Darius the Mede, the son of Ahasuerus, king of the Chaldeans, who succeeded to the Babylonian kingdom on the death of Belshazzar; probably the same as |Astyages| the last king of the Medes (538 BC) (same as H01867 (1)) <BR> 2) Darius, the son of Hystaspes, the founder of the Perso-Arian dynasty (521 BC) (same as H01867 (2)) <BR> 3) Darius II or Darius III <BR> 3a) Darius II, Nothus (Ochus) was king of Persia during the time of Nehemiah (424/3-405/4 BC). Darius II is the most probable because he is mentioned by Nehemiah and ruled during the time of Nehemiah <BR> 3b) Darius III, Codomannus was king of Persia during its last years at the time of Alexander the Great and was his opponent (336-330 BC) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·rə·yā·weš
         of Darius 
    
 
        
            וּבְמַלְכ֖וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְמַלְכ֖וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·mal·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     and the reign 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·mal·ḵūṯ
         and the reign 
    
 
        
            כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kō·w·reš
                
                
                     of Cyrus 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3567 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Cyrus = |posses thou the furnace|<BR> 1) the king of Persia and conqueror of Babylon; first ruler of Persia to make a decree allowing the Israelite exiles to return to Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kō·w·reš
         of Cyrus 
    
 
        
            פָּרְסָיָא׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּרְסָיָא׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    på̄·rə·så̄·yå̄
                
                
                     the Persian . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6543 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Persian = see Persia |pure| or |splendid|<BR> 1) an inhabitant of Persia 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        på̄·rə·så̄·yå̄
         the Persian .